Sema.h revision ad48a500596d7d678b99c7f94326cfa856c3b49f
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203public: 204 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 205 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 206 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 207 208 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 209 FPOptions FPFeatures; 210 211 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 212 Preprocessor &PP; 213 ASTContext &Context; 214 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 215 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 216 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 217 218 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 219 bool CollectStats; 220 221 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 222 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 223 224 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 225 DeclContext *CurContext; 226 227 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 228 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 229 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 230 231 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 232 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 233 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 234 235 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 236 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 237 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 238 239 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 240 241 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 242 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 243 244 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 245 /// 246 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 247 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 248 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 249 250 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 251 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 252 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 253 254 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 255 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 256 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 257 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 258 259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 260 261 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 262 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 263 /// 264 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 265 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 266 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 267 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 268 269 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 270 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 271 ExtVectorDeclsType; 272 273 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 274 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 275 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 276 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 277 278 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 279 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 280 281 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 282 283 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 284 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 285 286 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 287 288 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 289 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 290 /// same list more than once. 291 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 292 293 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 294 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 295 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 296 297 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 298 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 299 /// 300 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 301 /// scopes, e.g., 302 /// 303 /// \code 304 /// extern "C" void f() { 305 /// void foo(int, int); 306 /// } 307 /// \endcode 308 /// 309 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 310 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 311 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 312 /// 313 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 314 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 315 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 316 /// for compatibility. 317 /// 318 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 319 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 320 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 321 /// not visible. 322 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 323 324 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 326 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 327 328 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 330 TentativeDefinitionsType; 331 332 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 333 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 337 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 340 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 341 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 342 343 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 344 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 345 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 346 347 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 348 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 349 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 350 351 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 352 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 353 /// exception spec. 354 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 355 356 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 357 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 358 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 359 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 360 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 361 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 362 363 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 364 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 365 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 366 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 367 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 368 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 369 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 370 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 371 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 372 373 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 374 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 375 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 376 void *OpaqueParser; 377 378 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 379 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 380 OpaqueParser = P; 381 } 382 383 class DelayedDiagnostics; 384 385 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 386 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 387 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 388 }; 389 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 390 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 391 392 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 393 /// during parsing and other processing. 394 class DelayedDiagnostics { 395 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 396 /// diagnostics should go. 397 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 398 399 public: 400 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 401 402 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 403 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 404 405 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 406 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 407 408 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 410 return CurPool; 411 } 412 413 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 414 /// collected in this pool. 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 416 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 417 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 418 CurPool = &pool; 419 return state; 420 } 421 422 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 423 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 424 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 425 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 426 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 427 } 428 429 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 430 /// not delayed. 431 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 432 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 433 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 434 CurPool = 0; 435 return state; 436 } 437 438 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 439 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 440 assert(CurPool == NULL); 441 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 442 } 443 } DelayedDiagnostics; 444 445 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 446 class ContextRAII { 447 private: 448 Sema &S; 449 DeclContext *SavedContext; 450 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 451 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 452 453 public: 454 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 455 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 456 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 457 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 458 { 459 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 460 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 461 } 462 463 void pop() { 464 if (!SavedContext) return; 465 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 466 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 467 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 468 SavedContext = 0; 469 } 470 471 ~ContextRAII() { 472 pop(); 473 } 474 }; 475 476 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 477 /// a function body. 478 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 479 Sema &S; 480 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 481 482 public: 483 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 484 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 485 { 486 S.PushFunctionScope(); 487 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 488 } 489 490 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 491 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 492 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 493 } 494 }; 495 496 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 497 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 498 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 499 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 500 501 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 502 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 503 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 504 /// in the currently selected standard. 505 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 506 507 508 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 509 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 510 511 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 512 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 513 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 514 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 515 /// It would be best to refactor this. 516 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 517 518 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 519 520 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 521 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 522 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 523 Scope *TUScope; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 526 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 529 /// standard library. 530 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 531 532 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 533 /// \<initializer_list>. 534 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 535 536 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 537 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 538 539 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 540 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 541 542 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 543 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 544 545 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 546 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 547 548 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 549 QualType NSNumberPointer; 550 551 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 552 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 553 554 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 555 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 556 557 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 558 QualType NSStringPointer; 559 560 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 561 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 567 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 573 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 574 575 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 576 QualType QIDNSCopying; 577 578 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 579 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 580 581 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 582 /// have been declared. 583 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 584 585 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 586 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 587 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 588 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 589 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 590 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 591 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 592 /// run time. 593 Unevaluated, 594 595 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 596 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 597 /// cases in a switch statment). 598 ConstantEvaluated, 599 600 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 601 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 602 /// expression at run time. 603 PotentiallyEvaluated, 604 605 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 606 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 607 /// in fact the current expression is used. 608 /// 609 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 610 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 611 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 612 /// until the default argument is used. 613 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 614 }; 615 616 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 617 /// expression evaluation contexts. 618 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 619 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 620 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 621 622 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 623 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 624 625 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 626 bool IsDecltype; 627 628 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 629 /// this expression evaluation context. 630 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 631 632 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 633 634 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 635 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 636 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 637 638 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 639 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 640 /// default function argument. 641 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 642 643 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 644 /// within this context. 645 /// 646 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 647 /// do not have lambda expressions. 648 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 649 650 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 651 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 652 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 653 654 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 655 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 656 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 657 658 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 659 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 660 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 661 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 662 bool IsDecltype) 663 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 664 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 665 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 666 667 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 668 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 669 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 670 if (!LambdaMangle) 671 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 672 return *LambdaMangle; 673 } 674 }; 675 676 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 677 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 678 679 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 680 /// function. 681 /// 682 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 683 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 684 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 685 public: 686 enum Kind { 687 NoMemberOrDeleted, 688 Ambiguous, 689 Success 690 }; 691 692 private: 693 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 694 695 public: 696 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 697 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 698 {} 699 700 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 701 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 702 703 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 704 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 705 }; 706 707 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 708 /// for C++ records. 709 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 710 711 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 712 /// 713 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 714 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 715 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 716 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 717 /// checks. 718 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 719 720 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 721 722 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 723 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 724 725 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 726 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 727 728 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 729 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 730 /// 731 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 732 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 733 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 734 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 735 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 736 737 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 738 // argument locations. 739 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 740 741 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 742 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 743 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 744 745 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 746 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 747 748 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 749 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 750 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 751 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 752 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 753 754 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 755 /// of -Wselector. 756 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 757 758 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 759 enum CXXSpecialMember { 760 CXXDefaultConstructor, 761 CXXCopyConstructor, 762 CXXMoveConstructor, 763 CXXCopyAssignment, 764 CXXMoveAssignment, 765 CXXDestructor, 766 CXXInvalid 767 }; 768 769 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 770 771 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 772 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 773 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 774 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 775 776 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 777 778 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 779 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 780 781 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 782 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 783 /// should not be used elsewhere. 784 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 785 786 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 787 /// statements. 788 class FPContractStateRAII { 789 public: 790 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 791 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 792 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 793 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 794 } 795 private: 796 Sema& S; 797 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 798 }; 799 800public: 801 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 802 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 803 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 804 ~Sema(); 805 806 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 807 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 808 void Initialize(); 809 810 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 811 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 812 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 813 814 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 815 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 816 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 817 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 818 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 819 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 820 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 821 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 822 823 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 824 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 825 /// 826 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 827 /// 828 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 829 830 void PrintStats() const; 831 832 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 833 /// template instantiation stacks. 834 /// 835 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 836 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 837 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 838 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 839 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 840 /// well. 841 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 842 Sema &SemaRef; 843 unsigned DiagID; 844 845 public: 846 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 847 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 848 849 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 850 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 851 if (!isActive()) return; 852 853 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 854 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 855 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 856 // 857 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 858 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 859 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 860 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 861 // eliminate that code. 862 FlushCounts(); 863 Clear(); 864 865 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 866 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 867 } 868 }; 869 870 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 871 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 872 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 873 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 874 } 875 876 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 877 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 878 879 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 880 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 881 882 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 883 884 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 885 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 886 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 887 888 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 889 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 890 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 891 892 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 893 894 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 895 896 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 897 898 void PushFunctionScope(); 899 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 900 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 901 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 902 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 903 904 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 905 return FunctionScopes.back(); 906 } 907 908 void PushCompoundScope(); 909 void PopCompoundScope(); 910 911 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 912 913 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 914 915 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 916 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 917 918 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 919 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 920 921 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 922 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 923 924 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 925 926 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 927 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 928 // 929 930 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 931 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 932 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 933 } 934 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 935 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 936 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 937 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 938 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 939 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 940 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 941 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 942 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 943 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 944 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 945 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 946 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 947 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 948 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 949 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 950 SourceLocation Loc, 951 DeclarationName Entity); 952 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 953 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 954 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 955 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 956 957 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 958 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 959 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 960 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 961 962 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 963 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 964 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 965 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 966 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 967 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 968 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 969 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 970 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 971 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 972 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 973 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 974 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 975 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 976 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 977 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 978 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 979 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 980 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 981 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 982 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 983 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 984 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 985 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 986 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 987 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 988 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 989 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 990 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 991 992 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 993 994 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 995 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 996 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 997 998 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 999 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1000 bool Suppressed; 1001 1002 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1003 1004 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1005 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1006 }; 1007 1008 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1009 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1010 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1011 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1012 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1013 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1014 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1015 return II; 1016 } 1017 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1018 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1019 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1020 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1021 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1022 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1023 1024 template<typename T1> 1025 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1026 unsigned DiagID; 1027 const T1 &Arg1; 1028 1029 public: 1030 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1031 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1032 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1033 if (Suppressed) return; 1034 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1035 } 1036 1037 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1038 }; 1039 1040 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1041 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1042 unsigned DiagID; 1043 const T1 &Arg1; 1044 const T2 &Arg2; 1045 1046 public: 1047 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1048 const T2 &Arg2) 1049 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1050 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1051 1052 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1053 if (Suppressed) return; 1054 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1055 } 1056 1057 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1058 }; 1059 1060 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1061 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1062 unsigned DiagID; 1063 const T1 &Arg1; 1064 const T2 &Arg2; 1065 const T3 &Arg3; 1066 1067 public: 1068 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1069 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1070 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1071 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1072 1073 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1074 if (Suppressed) return; 1075 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1076 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1077 } 1078 1079 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1080 }; 1081 1082 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1083 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1084 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1085 unsigned DiagID); 1086 1087 template<typename T1> 1088 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1089 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1090 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1091 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1092 } 1093 1094 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1095 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1096 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1097 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1098 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1099 } 1100 1101 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1102 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1103 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1104 const T3 &Arg3) { 1105 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1106 Arg3); 1107 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1108 } 1109 1110 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1111 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1112 1113 template<typename T1> 1114 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1115 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1116 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1117 } 1118 1119 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1120 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1121 const T2 &Arg2) { 1122 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1123 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1124 } 1125 1126 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1127 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1128 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1129 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1130 Arg3); 1131 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1132 } 1133 1134 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1135 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1136 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1137 1138 template<typename T1> 1139 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1140 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1141 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1142 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1143 } 1144 1145 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1146 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1147 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1148 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1149 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1150 } 1151 1152 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1153 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1154 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1155 const T3 &Arg3) { 1156 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1157 Arg3); 1158 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1159 } 1160 1161 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1162 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1163 1164 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1165 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1166 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1167 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1168 SourceLocation Loc); 1169 1170 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1171 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1172 // 1173 1174 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1175 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1176 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1177 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1178 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1179 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1180 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1181 /// such as: 1182 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1183 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1184 1185 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1186 1187 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1188 1189 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1190 1191 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1192 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1193 bool isClassName = false, 1194 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1195 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1196 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1197 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1198 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1199 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1200 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1201 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1202 SourceLocation IILoc, 1203 Scope *S, 1204 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1205 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1206 1207 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1208 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1209 enum NameClassificationKind { 1210 NC_Unknown, 1211 NC_Error, 1212 NC_Keyword, 1213 NC_Type, 1214 NC_Expression, 1215 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1216 NC_TypeTemplate, 1217 NC_FunctionTemplate 1218 }; 1219 1220 class NameClassification { 1221 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1222 ExprResult Expr; 1223 TemplateName Template; 1224 ParsedType Type; 1225 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1226 1227 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1228 1229 public: 1230 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1231 1232 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1233 1234 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1235 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1236 1237 static NameClassification Error() { 1238 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1239 } 1240 1241 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1242 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1243 } 1244 1245 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1246 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1247 } 1248 1249 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1250 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1251 Result.Template = Name; 1252 return Result; 1253 } 1254 1255 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1256 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1257 Result.Template = Name; 1258 return Result; 1259 } 1260 1261 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1262 1263 ParsedType getType() const { 1264 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1265 return Type; 1266 } 1267 1268 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1269 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1270 return Expr; 1271 } 1272 1273 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1274 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1275 return Template; 1276 } 1277 1278 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1279 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1280 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1281 } 1282 }; 1283 1284 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1285 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1286 /// 1287 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1288 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1289 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1290 /// 1291 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1292 /// 1293 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1294 /// 1295 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1296 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1297 /// 1298 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1299 /// 1300 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1301 /// disambiguate the name. 1302 /// 1303 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1304 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1305 /// expression. 1306 /// 1307 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1308 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1309 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1310 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1311 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1312 const Token &NextToken, 1313 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1314 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1315 1316 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1317 1318 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1319 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1320 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1321 const LookupResult &Previous, 1322 Scope *S); 1323 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1324 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1325 DeclarationName Name, 1326 SourceLocation Loc); 1327 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1328 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1329 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1330 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1331 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1332 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1333 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1334 LookupResult &Previous); 1335 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1336 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1337 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1338 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1339 LookupResult &Previous, 1340 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1341 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1342 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1343 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1344 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1345 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1346 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1347 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1348 LookupResult &Previous, 1349 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1350 bool &AddToScope); 1351 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1352 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1353 1354 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1355 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1356 1357 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1358 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1359 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1360 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1361 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1362 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1363 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1364 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1365 SourceLocation Loc, 1366 QualType T); 1367 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1368 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1369 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1370 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1371 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1372 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1373 Expr *defarg); 1374 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1375 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1376 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1377 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1378 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1379 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1380 1381 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1382 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1383 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1384 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1385 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1386 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1387 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1388 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1389 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1390 Decl **Group, 1391 unsigned NumDecls); 1392 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1393 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1394 1395 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1396 /// documentation comments. 1397 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1398 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1399 1400 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1401 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1402 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1403 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1404 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1405 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1406 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1407 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1408 } 1409 1410 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1411 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1412 /// code for that function. 1413 /// 1414 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1415 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1416 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1417 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1418 1419 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1420 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1421 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1422 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1423 1424 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1425 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1426 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1427 1428 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1429 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1430 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1431 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1432 1433 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1434 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1435 /// specified threshold. 1436 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1437 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1438 QualType ReturnTy, 1439 NamedDecl *D); 1440 1441 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1442 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1443 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1444 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1445 1446 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1447 /// 1448 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1449 /// 1450 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1451 /// 1452 /// \param Path The module access path. 1453 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1454 ModuleIdPath Path); 1455 1456 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1457 /// source location. 1458 /// 1459 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1460 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1461 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1462 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1463 1464 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1465 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1466 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1467 } 1468 1469 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1470 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1471 const Preprocessor &PP); 1472 1473 /// Scope actions. 1474 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1475 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1476 1477 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1478 DeclSpec &DS); 1479 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1480 DeclSpec &DS, 1481 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1482 1483 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1484 AccessSpecifier AS, 1485 RecordDecl *Record); 1486 1487 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1488 RecordDecl *Record); 1489 1490 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1491 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1492 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1493 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1494 1495 enum TagUseKind { 1496 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1497 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1498 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1499 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1500 }; 1501 1502 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1503 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1504 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1505 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1506 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1507 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1508 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1509 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1510 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1511 1512 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1513 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1514 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1515 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1516 AttributeList *Attr, 1517 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1518 1519 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1520 unsigned TagSpec, 1521 TagUseKind TUK, 1522 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1523 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1524 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1525 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1526 1527 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1528 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1529 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1530 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1531 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1532 1533 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1534 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1535 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1536 AccessSpecifier AS); 1537 1538 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1539 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1540 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1541 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1542 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1543 SourceLocation TSSL, 1544 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1545 Declarator *D = 0); 1546 1547 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1548 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1549 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1550 bool Diagnose = false); 1551 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1552 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1553 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1554 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1555 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1556 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1557 1558 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1559 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1560 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1561 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1562 AttributeList *AttrList); 1563 1564 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1565 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1566 /// struct, or union). 1567 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1568 1569 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1570 1571 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1572 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1573 /// member declarations. 1574 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1575 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1576 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1577 1578 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1579 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1580 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1581 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1582 1583 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1584 1585 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1586 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1587 /// 1588 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1589 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1590 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1591 1592 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1593 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1594 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1595 1596 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1597 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1598 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1599 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1600 Expr *val); 1601 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1602 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1603 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1604 1605 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1606 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1607 AttributeList *Attrs, 1608 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1609 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1610 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1611 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1612 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1613 1614 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1615 1616 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1617 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1618 void PopDeclContext(); 1619 1620 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1621 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1622 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1623 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1624 1625 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1626 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1627 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1628 1629 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1630 1631 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1632 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1633 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1634 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1635 1636 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1637 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1638 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1639 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1640 1641 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1642 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1643 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1644 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1645 1646 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1647 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1648 1649 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1650 /// top level scope. 1651 /// 1652 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1653 /// 1654 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1655 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1656 1657 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1658 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1659 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1660 /// 1661 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1662 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1663 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1664 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1665 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1666 1667 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1668 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1669 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1670 1671 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1672 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1673 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1674 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1675 1676 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1677 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1678 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1679 VersionTuple Introduced, 1680 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1681 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1682 bool IsUnavailable, 1683 StringRef Message, 1684 bool Override, 1685 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1686 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1687 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1688 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1689 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1690 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1691 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1692 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1693 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1694 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1695 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1696 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1697 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1698 bool mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1699 bool Override); 1700 1701 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1702 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1703 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1704 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1705 AMK_None, 1706 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1707 /// an exact match. 1708 AMK_Redeclaration, 1709 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1710 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1711 AMK_Override 1712 }; 1713 1714 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1715 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1716 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1717 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1718 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1719 Scope *S); 1720 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1721 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1722 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1723 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1724 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1725 1726 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1727 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1728 enum AssignmentAction { 1729 AA_Assigning, 1730 AA_Passing, 1731 AA_Returning, 1732 AA_Converting, 1733 AA_Initializing, 1734 AA_Sending, 1735 AA_Casting 1736 }; 1737 1738 /// C++ Overloading. 1739 enum OverloadKind { 1740 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1741 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1742 Ovl_Overload, 1743 1744 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1745 /// an existing declaration. 1746 Ovl_Match, 1747 1748 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1749 /// non-function. 1750 Ovl_NonFunction 1751 }; 1752 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1753 FunctionDecl *New, 1754 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1755 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1756 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1757 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1758 1759 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1760 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1761 /// 1762 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1763 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1764 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1765 1766 ImplicitConversionSequence 1767 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1768 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1769 bool AllowExplicit, 1770 bool InOverloadResolution, 1771 bool CStyle, 1772 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1773 1774 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1775 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1776 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1777 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1778 bool InOverloadResolution, 1779 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1780 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1781 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1782 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1783 QualType &ConvertedType); 1784 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1785 QualType& ConvertedType); 1786 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1787 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1788 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1789 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1790 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1791 1792 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1793 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1794 CastKind &Kind, 1795 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1796 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1797 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1798 bool InOverloadResolution, 1799 QualType &ConvertedType); 1800 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1801 CastKind &Kind, 1802 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1803 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1804 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1805 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1806 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1807 QualType &ResultTy); 1808 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1809 1810 1811 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1812 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1813 QualType ResultType, 1814 Expr *Value, 1815 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1816 1817 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1818 ExprResult Init); 1819 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1820 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1821 ExprResult Init, 1822 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1823 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1824 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1825 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1826 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1827 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1828 1829 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1830 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1831 1832 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1833 enum CCEKind { 1834 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1835 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1836 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1837 }; 1838 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1839 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1840 1841 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1842 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1843 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1844 public: 1845 bool Suppress; 1846 bool SuppressConversion; 1847 1848 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1849 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1850 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1851 1852 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1853 /// integral or enumeration type. 1854 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1855 QualType T) = 0; 1856 1857 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1858 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1859 QualType T) = 0; 1860 1861 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1862 /// is explicit. 1863 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1864 QualType T, 1865 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1866 1867 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1868 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1869 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1870 1871 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1872 /// functions. 1873 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1874 QualType T) = 0; 1875 1876 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1877 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1878 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1879 1880 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1881 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1882 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1883 QualType T, 1884 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1885 1886 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1887 }; 1888 1889 ExprResult 1890 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1891 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1892 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1893 1894 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1895 OS_Array, 1896 OS_Dictionary, 1897 OS_Error 1898 }; 1899 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1900 1901 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1902 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1903 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1904 LK_Array, 1905 LK_Dictionary, 1906 LK_Numeric, 1907 LK_Boxed, 1908 LK_String, 1909 LK_Block, 1910 LK_None 1911 }; 1912 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1913 1914 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1915 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1916 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1917 NamedDecl *Member); 1918 1919 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1920 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1921 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1922 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1923 1924 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1925 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1926 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1927 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1928 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1929 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1930 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1931 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1932 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1933 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1934 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1935 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1936 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1937 QualType ObjectType, 1938 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1939 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1940 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1941 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1942 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1943 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1944 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1945 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1946 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1947 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1948 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1949 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1950 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1951 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1952 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1953 QualType ObjectType, 1954 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1955 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1956 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1957 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1958 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1959 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1960 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1961 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1962 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1963 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1964 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1965 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1966 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1967 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1968 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1969 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1970 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1971 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1972 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1973 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1974 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1975 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1976 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1977 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1978 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1979 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1980 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1981 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1982 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1983 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1984 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1985 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1986 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1987 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1988 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1989 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1990 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1991 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1992 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1993 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1994 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1995 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1996 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1997 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1998 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1999 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2000 2001 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2002 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2003 2004 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2005 // identified by the expression Expr 2006 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2007 2008 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2009 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2010 // R (A) --> R(A) 2011 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2012 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2013 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2014 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2015 2016 FunctionDecl * 2017 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2018 QualType TargetType, 2019 bool Complain, 2020 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2021 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2022 2023 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2024 bool Complain = false, 2025 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2026 2027 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2028 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2029 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2030 bool Complain = false, 2031 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2032 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2033 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2034 2035 2036 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2037 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2038 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2039 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2040 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2041 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2042 2043 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2044 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2045 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2046 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2047 2048 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2049 // range-based for loop. 2050 enum ForRangeStatus { 2051 FRS_Success, 2052 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2053 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2054 }; 2055 2056 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2057 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2058 enum BeginEndFunction { 2059 BEF_begin, 2060 BEF_end 2061 }; 2062 2063 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2064 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2065 VarDecl *Decl, 2066 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2067 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2068 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2069 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2070 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2071 2072 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2073 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2074 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2075 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2076 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2077 Expr *ExecConfig, 2078 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2079 2080 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2081 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2082 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2083 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2084 ExprResult *Result); 2085 2086 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2087 unsigned Opc, 2088 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2089 Expr *input); 2090 2091 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2092 unsigned Opc, 2093 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2094 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2095 2096 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2097 SourceLocation RLoc, 2098 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2099 2100 ExprResult 2101 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2102 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2103 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2104 ExprResult 2105 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2106 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2107 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2108 2109 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2110 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2111 2112 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2113 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2114 /// that best represents the call. 2115 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2116 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2117 2118 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2119 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2120 bool CheckParameterNames); 2121 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2122 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2123 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2124 2125 /// \name Name lookup 2126 /// 2127 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2128 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2129 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2130 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2131 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2132 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2133 /// 2134 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2135 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2136 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2137 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2138 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2139 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2140 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2141 /// 2142 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2143 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2144 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2145 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2146 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2147 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2148 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2149 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2150 //@{ 2151 2152 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2153 enum LookupNameKind { 2154 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2155 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2156 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2157 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2158 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2159 /// structs, and unions. 2160 LookupTagName, 2161 /// Label name lookup. 2162 LookupLabel, 2163 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2164 /// class/struct/union members. 2165 LookupMemberName, 2166 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2167 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2168 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2169 LookupOperatorName, 2170 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2171 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2172 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2173 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2174 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2175 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2176 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2177 LookupNamespaceName, 2178 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2179 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2180 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2181 LookupUsingDeclName, 2182 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2183 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2184 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2185 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2186 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2187 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2188 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2189 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2190 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2191 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2192 LookupAnyName 2193 }; 2194 2195 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2196 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2197 enum RedeclarationKind { 2198 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2199 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2200 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2201 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2202 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2203 ForRedeclaration 2204 }; 2205 2206 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2207 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2208 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2209 LOLR_Error, 2210 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2211 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2212 LOLR_Cooked, 2213 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2214 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2215 LOLR_Raw, 2216 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2217 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2218 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2219 LOLR_Template 2220 }; 2221 2222 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2223 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2224 bool ConstArg, 2225 bool VolatileArg, 2226 bool RValueThis, 2227 bool ConstThis, 2228 bool VolatileThis); 2229 2230private: 2231 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2232 2233 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2234 // 2235 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2236 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2237 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2238 2239 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2240 /// source. 2241 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2242 2243public: 2244 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2245 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2246 /// 2247 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2248 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2249 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2250 SourceLocation Loc, 2251 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2252 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2253 = NotForRedeclaration); 2254 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2255 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2256 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2257 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2258 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2259 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2260 bool EnteringContext = false); 2261 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2262 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2263 = NotForRedeclaration); 2264 2265 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2266 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2267 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2268 2269 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2270 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2271 2272 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2273 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2274 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2275 unsigned Quals); 2276 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2277 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2278 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2279 unsigned Quals); 2280 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2281 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2282 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2283 2284 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2285 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2286 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2287 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2288 2289 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2290 SourceLocation Loc, 2291 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2292 ADLResult &Functions); 2293 2294 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2295 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2296 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2297 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2298 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2299 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2300 2301 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2302 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2303 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2304 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2305 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2306 bool EnteringContext = false, 2307 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2308 2309 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2310 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2311 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2312 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2313 2314 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2315 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2316 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2317 2318 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2319 //@} 2320 2321 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2322 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2323 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2324 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2325 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2326 SourceLocation Loc); 2327 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2328 Scope *S); 2329 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2330 2331 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2332 2333 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2334 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2335 bool NonInheritable = true, 2336 bool Inheritable = true); 2337 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2338 bool NonInheritable = true, 2339 bool Inheritable = true, 2340 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2341 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2342 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2343 2344 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2345 2346 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2347 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2348 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2349 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2350 2351 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2352 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2353 SourceRange Range); 2354 2355 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2356 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2357 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2358 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2359 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2360 2361 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2362 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2363 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2364 2365 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2366 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2367 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2368 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2369 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2370 2371 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2372 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2373 2374 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2375 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2376 2377 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2378 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2379 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2380 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2381 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2382 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2383 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2384 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2385 2386 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2387 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2388 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2389 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2390 SourceLocation Loc); 2391 2392 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2393 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2394 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2395 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2396 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2397 2398 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2399 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2400 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2401 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2402 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2403 2404 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2405 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2406 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2407 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2408 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2409 2410 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2411 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2412 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2413 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2414 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2415 2416 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2417 /// class extensions. 2418 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2419 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2420 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2421 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2422 Selector GetterSel, 2423 Selector SetterSel, 2424 const bool isAssign, 2425 const bool isReadWrite, 2426 const unsigned Attributes, 2427 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2428 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2429 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2430 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2431 2432 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2433 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2434 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2435 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2436 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2437 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2438 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2439 Selector GetterSel, 2440 Selector SetterSel, 2441 const bool isAssign, 2442 const bool isReadWrite, 2443 const unsigned Attributes, 2444 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2445 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2446 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2447 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2448 2449 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2450 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2451 /// setter or getter. 2452 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2453 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2454 2455 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2456 2457 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2458 2459 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2460 MMS_loose, 2461 MMS_strict 2462 }; 2463 2464 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2465 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2466 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2467 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2468 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2469 2470 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2471 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2472 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2473 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2474 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2475 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2476 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2477 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2478 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2479 bool ImmediateClass, 2480 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2481 2482 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2483 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2484 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2485 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2486 2487 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2488 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2489 2490private: 2491 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2492 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2493 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2494 2495 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2496 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2497 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2498 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2499 bool warn, bool instance); 2500 2501public: 2502 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2503 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2504 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2505 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2506 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2507 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2508 } 2509 2510 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2511 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2512 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2513 } 2514 2515 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2516 /// pool. 2517 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2518 2519 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2520 /// there are multiple signatures. 2521 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2522 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2523 bool warn=true) { 2524 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2525 warn, /*instance*/true); 2526 } 2527 2528 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2529 /// there are multiple signatures. 2530 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2531 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2532 bool warn=true) { 2533 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2534 warn, /*instance*/false); 2535 } 2536 2537 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2538 /// implementation. 2539 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2540 2541 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2542 /// initialization. 2543 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2544 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2545 2546 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2547 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2548public: 2549 class FullExprArg { 2550 public: 2551 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2552 2553 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2554 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2555 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2556 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2557 2558 ExprResult release() { 2559 return E; 2560 } 2561 2562 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2563 2564 Expr *operator->() { 2565 return E; 2566 } 2567 2568 private: 2569 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2570 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2571 friend class Sema; 2572 2573 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2574 2575 Expr *E; 2576 }; 2577 2578 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2579 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2580 } 2581 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2582 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2583 } 2584 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2585 ExprResult FE = 2586 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2587 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2588 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2589 } 2590 2591 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2592 2593 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2594 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2595 2596 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2597 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2598 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2599 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2600 bool isStmtExpr); 2601 2602 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2603 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2604 public: 2605 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2606 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2607 } 2608 2609 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2610 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2611 } 2612 2613 private: 2614 Sema &S; 2615 }; 2616 2617 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2618 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2619 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2620 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2621 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2622 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2623 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2624 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2625 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2626 2627 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2628 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2629 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2630 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2631 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2632 2633 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2634 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2635 Stmt *SubStmt); 2636 2637 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2638 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2639 Stmt *ThenVal, 2640 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2641 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2642 Expr *Cond, 2643 Decl *CondVar); 2644 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2645 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2646 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2647 FullExprArg Cond, 2648 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2649 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2650 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2651 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2652 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2653 2654 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2655 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2656 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2657 Decl *SecondVar, 2658 FullExprArg Third, 2659 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2660 Stmt *Body); 2661 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2662 Expr *collection); 2663 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2664 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2665 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2666 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2667 2668 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2669 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2670 BFRK_Build, 2671 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2672 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2673 BFRK_Rebuild, 2674 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2675 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2676 BFRK_Check 2677 }; 2678 2679 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2680 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2681 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2682 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2683 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2684 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2685 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2686 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2687 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2688 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2689 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2690 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2691 2692 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2693 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2694 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2695 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2696 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2697 Expr *DestExp); 2698 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2699 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2700 2701 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2702 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2703 2704 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2705 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2706 2707 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2708 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2709 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2710 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2711 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2712 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2713 2714 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2715 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2716 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2717 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2718 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2719 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2720 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2721 2722 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2723 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2724 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2725 bool Invalid = false); 2726 2727 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2728 2729 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2730 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2731 2732 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2733 2734 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2735 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2736 2737 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2738 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2739 Scope *CurScope); 2740 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2741 Expr *operand); 2742 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2743 Expr *SynchExpr, 2744 Stmt *SynchBody); 2745 2746 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2747 2748 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2749 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2750 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2751 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2752 2753 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2754 2755 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2756 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2757 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2758 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2759 2760 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2761 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2762 Stmt *TryBlock, 2763 Stmt *Handler); 2764 2765 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2766 Expr *FilterExpr, 2767 Stmt *Block); 2768 2769 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2770 Stmt *Block); 2771 2772 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2773 2774 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2775 2776 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2777 /// of it. 2778 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2779 2780 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2781 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2782 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2783 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2784 2785 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2786 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2787 /// 2788 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2789 /// if (condition); 2790 /// do_stuff(); 2791 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2792 const Stmt *Body, 2793 unsigned DiagID); 2794 2795 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2796 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2797 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2798 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2799 2800 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2801 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2802 } 2803 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2804 2805 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2806 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2807 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2808 } 2809 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2810 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2811 } 2812 2813 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2814 2815 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2816 SourceLocation Loc, 2817 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2818 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2819 2820 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2821 2822 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2823 StringRef message); 2824 2825 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2826 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2827 2828 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2829 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2830 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2831 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2832 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2833 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2834 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2835 SourceLocation Loc); 2836 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2837 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2838 2839 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2840 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2841 bool IsDecltype = false); 2842 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2843 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2844 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2845 bool IsDecltype = false); 2846 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2847 2848 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2849 2850 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2851 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2852 2853 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2854 2855 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2856 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2857 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2858 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2859 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2860 // named expressions. 2861 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2862 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2863 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2864 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2865 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2866 2867 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2868 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2869 2870 enum TryCaptureKind { 2871 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2872 }; 2873 2874 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2875 /// 2876 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2877 /// 2878 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2879 /// 2880 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2881 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2882 /// 2883 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2884 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2885 /// 2886 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2887 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2888 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2889 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2890 /// 2891 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2892 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2893 /// variable can be captured. 2894 /// 2895 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2896 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2897 /// captured. 2898 /// 2899 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2900 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2901 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2902 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2903 QualType &CaptureType, 2904 QualType &DeclRefType); 2905 2906 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2907 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2908 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2909 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2910 2911 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2912 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2913 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2914 2915 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2916 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2917 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2918 2919 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2920 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2921 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2922 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2923 bool ForceComplain = false, 2924 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2925 2926 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2927 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2928 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2929 2930 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2931 /// evaluation context. 2932 /// 2933 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2934 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2935 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2936 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2937 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2938 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2939 2940 // Primary Expressions. 2941 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2942 2943 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2944 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2945 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2946 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2947 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2948 2949 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2950 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2951 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2952 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2953 2954 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2955 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2956 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2957 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2958 2959 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2960 IdentifierInfo *II, 2961 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2962 2963 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2964 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2965 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2966 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2967 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2968 2969 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2970 ExprValueKind VK, 2971 SourceLocation Loc, 2972 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2973 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2974 ExprValueKind VK, 2975 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2976 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2977 ExprResult 2978 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2979 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2980 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2981 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2982 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2983 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2984 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2985 LookupResult &R, 2986 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2987 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2988 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2989 LookupResult &R, 2990 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2991 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2992 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2993 const LookupResult &R, 2994 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2995 2996 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2997 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2998 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 2999 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3000 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3001 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3002 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3003 3004 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3005 LookupResult &R, 3006 bool NeedsADL); 3007 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3008 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3009 NamedDecl *D); 3010 3011 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3012 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3013 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3014 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3015 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3016 3017 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3018 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3019 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3020 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3021 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3022 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3023 SourceLocation R, 3024 MultiExprArg Val); 3025 3026 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3027 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3028 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3029 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3030 3031 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3032 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3033 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3034 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3035 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3036 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3037 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3038 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3039 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3040 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3041 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3042 Expr **Exprs, 3043 unsigned NumAssocs); 3044 3045 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3046 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3047 Expr *InputExpr); 3048 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3049 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3050 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3051 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3052 3053 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3054 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3055 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3056 SourceRange R); 3057 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3058 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3059 ExprResult 3060 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3061 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3062 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3063 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3064 3065 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3066 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3067 3068 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3069 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3070 SourceRange ExprRange, 3071 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3072 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3073 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3074 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3075 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3076 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3077 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3078 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3079 3080 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3081 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3082 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3083 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3084 3085 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3086 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3087 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3088 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3089 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3090 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3091 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3092 3093 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3094 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3095 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3096 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3097 // defines a custom operator->). 3098 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3099 Scope *S; 3100 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3101 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3102 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3103 }; 3104 3105 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3106 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3107 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3108 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3109 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3110 LookupResult &R, 3111 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3112 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3113 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3114 3115 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3116 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3117 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3118 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3119 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3120 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3121 3122 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3123 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3124 const LookupResult &R); 3125 3126 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3127 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3128 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3129 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3130 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3131 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3132 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3133 3134 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3135 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3136 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3137 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3138 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3139 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3140 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3141 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3142 3143 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3144 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3145 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3146 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3147 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3148 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3149 bool ExecConfig = false); 3150 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3151 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3152 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3153 3154 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3155 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3156 /// locations. 3157 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3158 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3159 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3160 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3161 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3162 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3163 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3164 Expr *Config = 0, 3165 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3166 3167 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3168 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3169 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3170 3171 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3172 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3173 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3174 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3175 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3176 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3177 Expr *Op); 3178 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3179 3180 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3181 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3182 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3183 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3184 3185 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3186 3187 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3188 ParsedType Ty, 3189 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3190 Expr *InitExpr); 3191 3192 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3193 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3194 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3195 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3196 3197 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3198 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3199 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3200 3201 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3202 SourceLocation Loc, 3203 bool GNUSyntax, 3204 ExprResult Init); 3205 3206 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3207 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3208 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3209 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3210 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3211 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3212 3213 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3214 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3215 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3216 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3217 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3218 3219 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3220 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3221 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3222 3223 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3224 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3225 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3226 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3227 3228 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3229 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3230 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3231 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3232 union { 3233 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3234 Expr *E; 3235 } U; 3236 }; 3237 3238 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3239 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3240 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3241 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3242 unsigned NumComponents, 3243 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3244 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3245 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3246 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3247 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3248 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3249 unsigned NumComponents, 3250 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3251 3252 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3253 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3254 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3255 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3256 3257 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3258 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3259 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3260 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3261 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3262 3263 // __null 3264 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3265 3266 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3267 3268 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3269 enum IfExistsResult { 3270 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3271 IER_Exists, 3272 3273 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3274 IER_DoesNotExist, 3275 3276 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3277 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3278 IER_Dependent, 3279 3280 /// \brief An error occurred. 3281 IER_Error 3282 }; 3283 3284 IfExistsResult 3285 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3286 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3287 3288 IfExistsResult 3289 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3290 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3291 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3292 3293 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3294 bool IsIfExists, 3295 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3296 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3297 Stmt *Nested); 3298 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3299 bool IsIfExists, 3300 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3301 Stmt *Nested); 3302 3303 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3304 3305 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3306 /// started. 3307 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3308 3309 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3310 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3311 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3312 Scope *CurScope); 3313 3314 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3315 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3316 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3317 3318 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3319 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3320 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3321 Scope *CurScope); 3322 3323 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3324 3325 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3326 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3327 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3328 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3329 3330 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3331 3332 // Act on C++ namespaces 3333 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3334 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3335 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3336 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3337 SourceLocation LBrace, 3338 AttributeList *AttrList); 3339 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3340 3341 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3342 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3343 3344 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3345 3346 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3347 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3348 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3349 3350 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3351 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3352 /// 3353 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3354 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3355 3356 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3357 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3358 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3359 3360 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3361 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3362 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3363 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3364 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3365 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3366 AttributeList *AttrList); 3367 3368 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3369 3370 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3371 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3372 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3373 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3374 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3375 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3376 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3377 3378 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3379 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3380 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3381 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3382 NamedDecl *Target); 3383 3384 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3385 bool isTypeName, 3386 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3387 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3388 const LookupResult &Previous); 3389 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3390 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3391 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3392 3393 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3394 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3395 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3396 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3397 AttributeList *AttrList, 3398 bool IsInstantiation, 3399 bool IsTypeName, 3400 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3401 3402 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3403 3404 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3405 AccessSpecifier AS, 3406 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3407 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3408 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3409 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3410 AttributeList *AttrList, 3411 bool IsTypeName, 3412 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3413 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3414 AccessSpecifier AS, 3415 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3416 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3417 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3418 TypeResult Type); 3419 3420 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3421 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3422 /// 3423 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3424 ExprResult 3425 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3426 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3427 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3428 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3429 SourceRange ParenRange); 3430 3431 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3432 // the constructor can be elidable? 3433 ExprResult 3434 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3435 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3436 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3437 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3438 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3439 3440 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3441 /// the default expr if needed. 3442 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3443 FunctionDecl *FD, 3444 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3445 3446 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3447 /// constructed variable. 3448 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3449 3450 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3451 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3452 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3453 // Pointer to allow copying 3454 Sema *Self; 3455 // We order exception specifications thus: 3456 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3457 // throw() comes next. 3458 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3459 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3460 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3461 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3462 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3463 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3464 3465 void ClearExceptions() { 3466 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3467 Exceptions.clear(); 3468 } 3469 3470 public: 3471 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3472 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3473 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3474 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3475 } 3476 3477 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3478 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3479 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3480 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3481 return ComputedEST; 3482 } 3483 3484 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3485 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3486 3487 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3488 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3489 3490 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3491 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3492 3493 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3494 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3495 3496 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3497 /// computed exception specification. 3498 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3499 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3500 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3501 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3502 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3503 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3504 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3505 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3506 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3507 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3508 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3509 tok::kw_false).take(); 3510 } 3511 } 3512 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3513 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3514 getEPI(EPI); 3515 return EPI; 3516 } 3517 }; 3518 3519 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3520 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3521 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3522 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3523 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3524 3525 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3526 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3527 /// will be const. 3528 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3529 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3530 3531 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3532 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3533 /// parameter will be const. 3534 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3535 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3536 3537 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3538 /// constructor of a class will have. 3539 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3540 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3541 3542 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3543 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3544 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3545 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3546 3547 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3548 /// destructor of a class will have. 3549 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3550 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3551 3552 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3553 /// special member function. 3554 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3555 3556 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3557 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3558 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3559 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3560 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3561 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3562 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3563 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3564 3565 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3566 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3567 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3568 bool Diagnose = false); 3569 3570 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3571 /// 3572 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3573 /// default constructor will be added. 3574 /// 3575 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3576 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3577 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3578 3579 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3580 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3581 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3582 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3583 3584 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3585 /// 3586 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3587 /// destructor will be added. 3588 /// 3589 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3590 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3591 3592 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3593 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3594 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3595 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3596 3597 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3598 /// 3599 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3600 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3601 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3602 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3603 3604 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3605 /// 3606 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3607 /// constructors will be added. 3608 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3609 3610 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3611 /// 3612 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3613 /// copy constructor will be added. 3614 /// 3615 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3616 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3617 3618 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3619 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3620 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3621 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3622 3623 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3624 /// 3625 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3626 /// move constructor will be added. 3627 /// 3628 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3629 /// declared. 3630 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3631 3632 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3633 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3634 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3635 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3636 3637 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3638 /// 3639 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3640 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3641 /// 3642 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3643 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3644 3645 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3646 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3647 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3648 3649 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3650 /// 3651 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3652 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3653 /// 3654 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3655 /// wasn't declared. 3656 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3657 3658 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3659 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3660 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3661 3662 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3663 /// class. 3664 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3665 3666 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3667 /// special member function. 3668 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3669 3670 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3671 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3672 /// 3673 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3674 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3675 3676 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3677 /// member function. 3678 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3679 3680 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3681 /// static member function. 3682 /// 3683 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3684 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3685 3686 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3687 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3688 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3689 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3690 3691 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3692 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3693 SourceLocation Loc, 3694 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3695 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3696 3697 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3698 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3699 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3700 ParsedType ObjectType, 3701 bool EnteringContext); 3702 3703 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3704 3705 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3706 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3707 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3708 3709 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3710 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3711 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3712 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3713 Declarator &D, 3714 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3715 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3716 Expr *E, 3717 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3718 3719 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3720 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3721 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3722 Expr *E, 3723 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3724 SourceRange Parens); 3725 3726 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3727 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3728 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3729 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3730 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3731 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3732 Expr *Operand, 3733 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3734 3735 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3736 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3737 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3738 void *TyOrExpr, 3739 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3740 3741 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3742 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3743 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3744 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3745 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3746 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3747 Expr *Operand, 3748 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3749 3750 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3751 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3752 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3753 void *TyOrExpr, 3754 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3755 3756 3757 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3758 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3759 3760 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3761 /// 3762 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3763 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3764 3765 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3766 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3767 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3768 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3769 3770 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3771 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3772 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3773 Sema &S; 3774 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3775 bool Enabled; 3776 3777 public: 3778 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3779 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3780 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3781 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3782 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3783 bool Enabled = true); 3784 3785 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3786 }; 3787 3788 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3789 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3790 /// 3791 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3792 /// 3793 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3794 /// capture list. 3795 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3796 3797 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3798 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3799 /// being defined. 3800 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3801 3802 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3803 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3804 3805 3806 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3807 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3808 3809 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3810 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3811 3812 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3813 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3814 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3815 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3816 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3817 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3818 3819 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3820 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3821 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3822 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3823 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3824 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3825 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3826 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3827 3828 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3829 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3830 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3831 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3832 3833 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3834 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3835 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3836 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3837 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3838 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3839 Expr *Initializer); 3840 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3841 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3842 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3843 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3844 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3845 QualType AllocType, 3846 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3847 Expr *ArraySize, 3848 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3849 Expr *Initializer, 3850 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3851 3852 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3853 SourceRange R); 3854 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3855 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3856 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3857 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3858 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3859 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3860 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3861 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3862 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3863 bool Diagnose = true); 3864 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3865 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3866 QualType Argument, 3867 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3868 3869 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3870 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3871 bool Diagnose = true); 3872 3873 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3874 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3875 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3876 Expr *Operand); 3877 3878 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3879 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3880 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3881 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3882 3883 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3884 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3885 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3886 SourceLocation RParen); 3887 3888 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3889 /// pseudo-functions. 3890 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3891 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3892 ParsedType Ty, 3893 SourceLocation RParen); 3894 3895 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3896 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3897 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3898 SourceLocation RParen); 3899 3900 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3901 /// pseudo-functions. 3902 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3903 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3904 ParsedType LhsTy, 3905 ParsedType RhsTy, 3906 SourceLocation RParen); 3907 3908 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3909 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3910 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3911 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3912 SourceLocation RParen); 3913 3914 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3915 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3916 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3917 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3918 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3919 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3920 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3921 3922 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3923 /// pseudo-functions. 3924 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3925 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3926 ParsedType LhsTy, 3927 Expr *DimExpr, 3928 SourceLocation RParen); 3929 3930 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3931 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3932 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3933 Expr *DimExpr, 3934 SourceLocation RParen); 3935 3936 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3937 /// pseudo-functions. 3938 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3939 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3940 Expr *Queried, 3941 SourceLocation RParen); 3942 3943 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3944 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3945 Expr *Queried, 3946 SourceLocation RParen); 3947 3948 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3949 Expr *Base, 3950 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3951 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3952 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3953 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3954 3955 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3956 3957 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3958 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3959 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3960 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3961 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3962 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3963 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3964 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3965 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3966 3967 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3968 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3969 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3970 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3971 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3972 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3973 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3974 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3975 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3976 3977 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3978 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3979 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3980 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3981 const DeclSpec& DS, 3982 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3983 3984 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3985 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3986 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3987 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3988 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3989 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3990 3991 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3992 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3993 : SourceLocation()); 3994 } 3995 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 3996 bool DiscardedValue = false, 3997 bool IsConstexpr = false); 3998 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3999 4000 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4001 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4002 4003 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4004 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4005 bool EnteringContext = false); 4006 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4007 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4008 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4009 4010 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4011 /// 4012 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4013 /// 4014 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4015 /// 4016 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4017 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4018 /// 4019 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4020 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4021 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4022 4023 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4024 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4025 4026 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4027 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4028 IdentifierInfo &II, 4029 ParsedType ObjectType); 4030 4031 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4032 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4033 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4034 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4035 QualType ObjectType, 4036 bool EnteringContext, 4037 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4038 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4039 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4040 4041 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4042 /// 4043 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4044 /// 4045 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4046 /// 4047 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4048 /// 4049 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4050 /// 4051 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4052 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4053 /// 4054 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4055 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4056 /// 4057 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4058 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4059 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4060 /// including this new type). 4061 /// 4062 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4063 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4064 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4065 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4066 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4067 ParsedType ObjectType, 4068 bool EnteringContext, 4069 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4070 4071 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4072 4073 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4074 const DeclSpec &DS, 4075 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4076 4077 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4078 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4079 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4080 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4081 ParsedType ObjectType, 4082 bool EnteringContext); 4083 4084 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4085 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4086 /// 4087 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4088 /// 4089 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4090 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4091 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4092 /// including this new type). 4093 /// 4094 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4095 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4096 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4097 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4098 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4099 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4100 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4101 /// 4102 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4103 /// nested-name-specifier. 4104 /// 4105 /// 4106 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4107 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4108 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4109 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4110 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4111 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4112 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4113 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4114 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4115 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4116 bool EnteringContext); 4117 4118 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4119 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4120 /// nested-name-specifier. 4121 /// 4122 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4123 /// 4124 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4125 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4126 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4127 4128 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4129 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4130 /// 4131 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4132 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4133 /// 4134 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4135 /// 4136 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4137 /// of the annotation pointer. 4138 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4139 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4140 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4141 4142 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4143 4144 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4145 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4146 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4147 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4148 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4149 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4150 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4151 4152 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4153 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4154 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4155 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4156 /// defining scope. 4157 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4158 4159 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4160 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4161 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4162 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4163 /// class X. 4164 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4165 4166 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4167 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4168 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4169 4170 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4171 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4172 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4173 bool KnownDependent); 4174 4175 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4176 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4177 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4178 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4179 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4180 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4181 4182 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4183 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4184 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4185 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4186 bool ExplicitParams, 4187 bool ExplicitResultType, 4188 bool Mutable); 4189 4190 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4191 /// given lambda. 4192 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4193 4194 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4195 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4196 4197 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4198 /// statements present in the body. 4199 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4200 4201 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4202 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4203 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4204 /// lambda. 4205 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4206 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4207 4208 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4209 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4210 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4211 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4212 4213 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4214 /// was successfully completed. 4215 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4216 Scope *CurScope, 4217 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4218 4219 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4220 /// function pointer. 4221 /// 4222 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4223 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4224 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4225 /// block pointer conversion. 4226 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4227 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4228 4229 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4230 /// block pointer. 4231 /// 4232 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4233 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4234 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4235 /// block pointer conversion. 4236 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4237 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4238 4239 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4240 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4241 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4242 Expr *Src); 4243 4244 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4245 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4246 Expr **Strings, 4247 unsigned NumStrings); 4248 4249 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4250 4251 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4252 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4253 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4254 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4255 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4256 bool Value); 4257 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4258 4259 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4260 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4261 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4262 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4263 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4264 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4265 4266 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4267 Expr *IndexExpr, 4268 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4269 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4270 4271 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4272 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4273 unsigned NumElements); 4274 4275 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4276 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4277 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4278 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4279 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4280 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4281 4282 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4283 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4284 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4285 ParsedType Ty, 4286 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4287 4288 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4289 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4290 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4291 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4292 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4293 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4294 4295 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4296 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4297 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4298 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4299 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4300 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4301 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4302 4303 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4304 // C++ Declarations 4305 // 4306 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4307 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4308 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4309 StringRef Lang, 4310 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4311 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4312 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4313 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4314 4315 4316 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4317 // C++ Classes 4318 // 4319 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4320 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4321 4322 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4323 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4324 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4325 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4326 4327 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4328 Declarator &D, 4329 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4330 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4331 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4332 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4333 Expr *Init); 4334 4335 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4336 Scope *S, 4337 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4338 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4339 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4340 const DeclSpec &DS, 4341 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4342 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4343 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4344 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4345 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4346 4347 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4348 Scope *S, 4349 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4350 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4351 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4352 const DeclSpec &DS, 4353 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4354 Expr *InitList, 4355 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4356 4357 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4358 Scope *S, 4359 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4360 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4361 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4362 const DeclSpec &DS, 4363 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4364 Expr *Init, 4365 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4366 4367 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4368 Expr *Init, 4369 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4370 4371 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4372 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4373 Expr *Init, 4374 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4375 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4376 4377 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4378 Expr *Init, 4379 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4380 4381 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4382 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4383 4384 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4385 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4386 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4387 4388 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4389 4390 4391 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4392 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4393 /// referenced. 4394 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4395 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4396 4397 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4398 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4399 /// first use occurred. 4400 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4401 4402 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4403 /// materialized. 4404 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4405 4406 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4407 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4408 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4409 /// by code generation). 4410 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4411 4412 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4413 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4414 4415 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4416 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4417 DynamicClassesType; 4418 4419 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4420 /// unit. 4421 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4422 4423 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4424 /// given location. 4425 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4426 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4427 4428 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4429 /// in the given class as needed. 4430 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4431 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4432 4433 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4434 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4435 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4436 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4437 4438 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4439 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4440 /// vtables. 4441 /// 4442 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4443 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4444 4445 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4446 4447 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4448 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4449 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4450 bool AnyErrors); 4451 4452 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4453 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4454 Decl *TagDecl, 4455 SourceLocation LBrac, 4456 SourceLocation RBrac, 4457 AttributeList *AttrList); 4458 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4459 4460 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4461 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4462 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4463 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4464 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4465 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4466 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4467 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4468 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4469 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4470 4471 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4472 Expr *AssertExpr, 4473 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4474 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4475 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4476 Expr *AssertExpr, 4477 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4478 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4479 bool Failed); 4480 4481 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4482 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4483 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4484 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4485 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4486 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4487 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4488 4489 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4490 StorageClass& SC); 4491 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4492 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4493 StorageClass& SC); 4494 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4495 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4496 StorageClass& SC); 4497 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4498 4499 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4500 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4501 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4502 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4503 4504 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4505 // C++ Derived Classes 4506 // 4507 4508 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4509 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4510 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4511 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4512 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4513 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4514 4515 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4516 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4517 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4518 ParsedType basetype, 4519 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4520 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4521 4522 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4523 unsigned NumBases); 4524 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4525 unsigned NumBases); 4526 4527 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4528 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4529 4530 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4531 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4532 4533 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4534 4535 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4536 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4537 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4538 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4539 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4540 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4541 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4542 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4543 DeclarationName Name, 4544 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4545 4546 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4547 4548 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4549 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4550 4551 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4552 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4553 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4554 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4555 4556 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4557 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4558 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4559 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4560 4561 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4562 4563 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4564 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4565 4566 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4567 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4568 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4569 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4570 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4571 4572 4573 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4574 // C++ Access Control 4575 // 4576 4577 enum AccessResult { 4578 AR_accessible, 4579 AR_inaccessible, 4580 AR_dependent, 4581 AR_delayed 4582 }; 4583 4584 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4585 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4586 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4587 4588 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4589 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4590 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4591 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4592 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4593 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4594 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4595 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4596 bool Diagnose = true); 4597 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4598 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4599 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4600 AccessSpecifier Access, 4601 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4602 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4603 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4604 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4605 AccessSpecifier Access, 4606 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4607 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4608 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4609 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4610 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4611 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4612 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4613 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4614 Expr *ArgExpr, 4615 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4616 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4617 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4618 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4619 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4620 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4621 unsigned DiagID, 4622 bool ForceCheck = false, 4623 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4624 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4625 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4626 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4627 AccessSpecifier access, 4628 QualType objectType); 4629 4630 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4631 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4632 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4633 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4634 4635 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4636 4637 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4638 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4639 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4640 4641 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4642 AbstractNone = -1, 4643 AbstractReturnType, 4644 AbstractParamType, 4645 AbstractVariableType, 4646 AbstractFieldType, 4647 AbstractIvarType, 4648 AbstractArrayType 4649 }; 4650 4651 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4652 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4653 template<typename T1> 4654 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4655 unsigned DiagID, 4656 const T1 &Arg1) { 4657 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4658 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4659 } 4660 4661 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4662 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4663 unsigned DiagID, 4664 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4665 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4666 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4667 } 4668 4669 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4670 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4671 unsigned DiagID, 4672 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4673 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4674 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4675 } 4676 4677 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4678 4679 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4680 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4681 4682 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4683 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4684 // 4685 4686 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4687 4688 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4689 4690 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4691 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4692 // 4693 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4694 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4695 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4696 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4697 4698 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4699 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4700 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4701 4702 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4703 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4704 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4705 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4706 ParsedType ObjectType, 4707 bool EnteringContext, 4708 TemplateTy &Template, 4709 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4710 4711 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4712 SourceLocation IILoc, 4713 Scope *S, 4714 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4715 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4716 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4717 4718 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4719 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4720 4721 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4722 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4723 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4724 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4725 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4726 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4727 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4728 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4729 4730 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4731 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4732 unsigned Depth, 4733 unsigned Position, 4734 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4735 Expr *DefaultArg); 4736 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4737 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4738 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4739 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4740 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4741 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4742 unsigned Depth, 4743 unsigned Position, 4744 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4745 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4746 4747 TemplateParameterList * 4748 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4749 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4750 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4751 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4752 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4753 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4754 4755 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4756 /// list. 4757 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4758 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4759 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4760 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4761 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4762 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4763 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4764 }; 4765 4766 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4767 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4768 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4769 TemplateParameterList * 4770 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4771 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4772 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4773 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4774 unsigned NumParamLists, 4775 bool IsFriend, 4776 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4777 bool &Invalid); 4778 4779 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4780 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4781 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4782 AttributeList *Attr, 4783 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4784 AccessSpecifier AS, 4785 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4786 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4787 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4788 4789 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4790 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4791 4792 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4793 4794 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4795 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4796 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4797 4798 TypeResult 4799 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4800 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4801 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4802 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4803 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4804 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4805 4806 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4807 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4808 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4809 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4810 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4811 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4812 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4813 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4814 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4815 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4816 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4817 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4818 4819 4820 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4821 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4822 LookupResult &R, 4823 bool RequiresADL, 4824 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4825 4826 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4827 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4828 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4829 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4830 4831 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4832 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4833 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4834 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4835 ParsedType ObjectType, 4836 bool EnteringContext, 4837 TemplateTy &Template); 4838 4839 DeclResult 4840 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4841 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4842 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4843 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4844 TemplateTy Template, 4845 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4846 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4847 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4848 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4849 AttributeList *Attr, 4850 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4851 4852 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4853 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4854 Declarator &D); 4855 4856 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4857 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4858 Declarator &D); 4859 4860 bool 4861 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4862 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4863 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4864 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4865 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4866 bool &SuppressNew); 4867 4868 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4869 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4870 LookupResult &Previous); 4871 4872 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4873 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4874 LookupResult &Previous); 4875 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4876 4877 DeclResult 4878 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4879 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4880 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4881 unsigned TagSpec, 4882 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4883 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4884 TemplateTy Template, 4885 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4886 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4887 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4888 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4889 AttributeList *Attr); 4890 4891 DeclResult 4892 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4893 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4894 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4895 unsigned TagSpec, 4896 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4897 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4898 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4899 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4900 AttributeList *Attr); 4901 4902 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4903 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4904 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4905 Declarator &D); 4906 4907 TemplateArgumentLoc 4908 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4909 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4910 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4911 Decl *Param, 4912 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4913 4914 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4915 /// argument is being checked. 4916 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4917 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4918 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4919 CTAK_Specified, 4920 4921 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4922 /// deduction. 4923 CTAK_Deduced, 4924 4925 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4926 /// via template argument deduction. 4927 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4928 }; 4929 4930 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4931 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4932 NamedDecl *Template, 4933 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4934 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4935 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4936 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4937 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4938 4939 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4940 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4941 /// 4942 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4943 /// provided. 4944 /// 4945 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4946 /// 4947 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4948 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4949 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4950 /// arguments. 4951 /// 4952 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4953 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4954 /// set of template arguments. 4955 /// 4956 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4957 /// arguments. 4958 /// 4959 /// 4960 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4961 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4962 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4963 /// 4964 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4965 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4966 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4967 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4968 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4969 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4970 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4971 4972 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4973 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4974 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4975 4976 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4977 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4978 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4979 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4980 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4981 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4982 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4983 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4984 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 4985 4986 ExprResult 4987 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4988 QualType ParamType, 4989 SourceLocation Loc); 4990 ExprResult 4991 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4992 SourceLocation Loc); 4993 4994 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4995 /// for equality. 4996 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4997 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4998 /// that might be redeclarations. 4999 /// 5000 /// \code 5001 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5002 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5003 /// \endcode 5004 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5005 5006 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5007 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5008 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5009 /// 5010 /// \code 5011 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5012 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5013 /// \endcode 5014 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5015 5016 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5017 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5018 /// template parameter. 5019 /// 5020 /// \code 5021 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5022 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5023 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5024 /// \endcode 5025 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5026 }; 5027 5028 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5029 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5030 bool Complain, 5031 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5032 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5033 = SourceLocation()); 5034 5035 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5036 5037 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5038 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5039 /// 5040 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5041 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5042 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5043 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5044 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5045 TypeResult 5046 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5047 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5048 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5049 5050 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5051 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5052 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5053 /// 5054 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5055 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5056 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5057 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5058 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5059 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5060 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5061 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5062 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5063 TypeResult 5064 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5065 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5066 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5067 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5068 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5069 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5070 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5071 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5072 5073 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5074 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5075 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5076 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5077 SourceLocation IILoc); 5078 5079 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5080 SourceLocation Loc, 5081 DeclarationName Name); 5082 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5083 5084 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5085 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5086 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5087 5088 std::string 5089 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5090 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5091 5092 std::string 5093 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5094 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5095 unsigned NumArgs); 5096 5097 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5098 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5099 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5100 5101 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5102 /// being diagnosed. 5103 /// 5104 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5105 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5106 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5107 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5108 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5109 5110 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5111 UPPC_BaseType, 5112 5113 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5114 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5115 5116 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5117 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5118 5119 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5120 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5121 5122 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5123 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5124 5125 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5126 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5127 5128 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5129 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5130 5131 /// \brief A using declaration. 5132 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5133 5134 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5135 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5136 5137 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5138 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5139 5140 /// \brief An initializer. 5141 UPPC_Initializer, 5142 5143 /// \brief A default argument. 5144 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5145 5146 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5147 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5148 5149 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5150 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5151 5152 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5153 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5154 5155 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5156 UPPC_IfExists, 5157 5158 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5159 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5160 5161 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5162 UPPC_Lambda, 5163 5164 /// \brief Block expression, 5165 UPPC_Block 5166}; 5167 5168 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5169 /// 5170 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5171 /// 5172 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5173 /// parameter packs. 5174 /// 5175 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5176 /// 5177 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5178 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5179 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5180 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5181 5182 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5183 /// diagnose the error. 5184 /// 5185 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5186 /// 5187 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5188 /// packs. 5189 /// 5190 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5191 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5192 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5193 5194 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5195 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5196 /// 5197 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5198 /// parameter packs. 5199 /// 5200 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5201 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5202 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5203 5204 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5205 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5206 /// 5207 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5208 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5209 /// 5210 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5211 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5212 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5213 5214 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5215 /// diagnose the error. 5216 /// 5217 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5218 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5219 /// 5220 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5221 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5222 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5223 5224 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5225 /// diagnose the error. 5226 /// 5227 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5228 /// 5229 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5230 /// parameter packs. 5231 /// 5232 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5233 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5234 TemplateName Template, 5235 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5236 5237 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5238 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5239 /// 5240 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5241 /// parameter packs. 5242 /// 5243 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5244 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5245 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5246 5247 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5248 /// template argument. 5249 /// 5250 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5251 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5252 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5253 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5254 5255 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5256 /// template argument. 5257 /// 5258 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5259 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5260 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5261 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5262 5263 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5264 /// type. 5265 /// 5266 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5267 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5268 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5269 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5270 5271 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5272 /// type. 5273 /// 5274 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5275 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5276 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5277 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5278 5279 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5280 /// nested-name-specifier. 5281 /// 5282 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5283 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5284 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5285 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5286 5287 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5288 /// name. 5289 /// 5290 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5291 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5292 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5293 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5294 5295 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5296 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5297 /// 5298 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5299 /// may already be invalid. 5300 /// 5301 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5302 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5303 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5304 5305 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5306 /// creates a pack expansion. 5307 /// 5308 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5309 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5310 /// 5311 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5312 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5313 5314 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5315 /// expansion. 5316 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5317 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5318 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5319 5320 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5321 /// expansion. 5322 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5323 SourceRange PatternRange, 5324 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5325 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5326 5327 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5328 /// creates a pack expansion. 5329 /// 5330 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5331 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5332 /// 5333 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5334 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5335 5336 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5337 /// creates a pack expansion. 5338 /// 5339 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5340 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5341 /// 5342 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5343 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5344 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5345 5346 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5347 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5348 /// transforming the pattern. 5349 /// 5350 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5351 /// pack expansion. 5352 /// 5353 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5354 /// the pack expansion. 5355 /// 5356 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5357 /// pattern. 5358 /// 5359 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5360 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5361 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5362 /// 5363 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5364 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5365 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5366 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5367 /// 5368 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5369 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5370 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5371 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5372 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5373 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5374 /// set this value in other cases. 5375 /// 5376 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5377 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5378 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5379 /// must be set. 5380 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5381 SourceRange PatternRange, 5382 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5383 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5384 bool &ShouldExpand, 5385 bool &RetainExpansion, 5386 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5387 5388 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5389 /// type. 5390 /// 5391 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5392 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5393 /// 5394 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5395 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5396 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5397 5398 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5399 /// parameter packs. 5400 /// 5401 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5402 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5403 /// 5404 /// \code 5405 /// void f(T...); 5406 /// \endcode 5407 /// 5408 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5409 /// a variadic function. 5410 /// 5411 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5412 /// false otherwise. 5413 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5414 5415 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5416 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5417 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5418 5419 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5420 /// 5421 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5422 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5423 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5424 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5425 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5426 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5427 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5428 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5429 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5430 TDK_Success = 0, 5431 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5432 TDK_Invalid, 5433 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5434 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5435 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5436 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5437 /// for every template parameter. 5438 TDK_Incomplete, 5439 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5440 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5441 TDK_Inconsistent, 5442 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5443 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5444 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5445 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5446 TDK_Underqualified, 5447 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5448 /// resulted in an error. 5449 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5450 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5451 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5452 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5453 /// arguments provided. 5454 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5455 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5456 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5457 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5458 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5459 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5460 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5461 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5462 /// template arguments for the given template. 5463 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5464 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5465 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5466 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5467 }; 5468 5469 TemplateDeductionResult 5470 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5471 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5472 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5473 5474 TemplateDeductionResult 5475 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5476 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5477 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5478 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5479 QualType *FunctionType, 5480 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5481 5482 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5483 // deduction for a call. 5484 struct OriginalCallArg { 5485 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5486 unsigned ArgIdx, 5487 QualType OriginalArgType) 5488 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5489 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5490 5491 QualType OriginalParamType; 5492 unsigned ArgIdx; 5493 QualType OriginalArgType; 5494 }; 5495 5496 TemplateDeductionResult 5497 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5498 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5499 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5500 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5501 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5502 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5503 5504 TemplateDeductionResult 5505 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5506 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5507 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5508 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5509 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5510 5511 TemplateDeductionResult 5512 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5513 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5514 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5515 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5516 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5517 5518 TemplateDeductionResult 5519 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5520 QualType ToType, 5521 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5522 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5523 5524 TemplateDeductionResult 5525 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5526 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5527 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5528 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5529 5530 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5531 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5532 DAR_Succeeded, 5533 DAR_Failed, 5534 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5535 }; 5536 5537 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5538 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5539 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5540 5541 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5542 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5543 SourceLocation Loc, 5544 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5545 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5546 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5547 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5548 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5549 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5550 SourceLocation Loc, 5551 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5552 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5553 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5554 bool Complain = true, 5555 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5556 5557 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5558 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5559 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5560 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5561 SourceLocation Loc); 5562 5563 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5564 bool OnlyDeduced, 5565 unsigned Depth, 5566 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5567 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5568 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5569 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5570 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5571 } 5572 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5573 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5574 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5575 5576 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5577 // C++ Template Instantiation 5578 // 5579 5580 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5581 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5582 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5583 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5584 5585 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5586 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5587 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5588 enum InstantiationKind { 5589 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5590 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5591 TemplateInstantiation, 5592 5593 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5594 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5595 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5596 /// arguments as specified. 5597 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5598 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5599 5600 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5601 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5602 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5603 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5604 5605 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5606 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5607 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5608 5609 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5610 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5611 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5612 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5613 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5614 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5615 5616 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5617 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5618 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5619 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5620 5621 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5622 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5623 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5624 5625 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5626 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5627 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5628 } Kind; 5629 5630 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5631 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5632 5633 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5634 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5635 /// arguments. 5636 NamedDecl *Template; 5637 5638 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5639 Decl *Entity; 5640 5641 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5642 /// are not part of the entity. 5643 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5644 5645 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5646 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5647 5648 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5649 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5650 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5651 5652 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5653 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5654 /// template instantiation. 5655 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5656 5657 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5658 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5659 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5660 5661 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5662 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5663 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5664 5665 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5666 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5667 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5668 return false; 5669 5670 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5671 return false; 5672 5673 switch (X.Kind) { 5674 case TemplateInstantiation: 5675 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5676 return true; 5677 5678 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5679 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5680 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5681 return false; 5682 5683 // Fall through 5684 5685 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5686 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5687 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5688 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5689 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5690 5691 } 5692 5693 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5694 } 5695 5696 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5697 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5698 return !(X == Y); 5699 } 5700 }; 5701 5702 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5703 /// 5704 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5705 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5706 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5707 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5708 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5709 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5710 5711 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5712 /// template instantiation. 5713 /// 5714 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5715 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5716 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5717 5718 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5719 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5720 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5721 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5722 5723 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5724 /// error or warning was produced. 5725 /// 5726 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5727 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5728 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5729 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5730 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5731 5732 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5733 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5734 /// 5735 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5736 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5737 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5738 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5739 5740 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5741 /// within a \c Sema object. 5742 /// 5743 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5744 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5745 Sema &Self; 5746 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5747 5748 public: 5749 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5750 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5751 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5752 } 5753 5754 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5755 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5756 } 5757 }; 5758 5759 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5760 5761 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5762 /// 5763 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5764 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5765 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5766 5767 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5768 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5769 /// deduction. 5770 /// 5771 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5772 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5773 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5774 5775 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5776 /// instantiation. 5777 /// 5778 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5779 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5780 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5781 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5782 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5783 /// 5784 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5785 /// the stack. 5786 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5787 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5788 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5789 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5790 Decl *Entity, 5791 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5792 5793 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5794 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5795 /// of a function template. 5796 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5797 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5798 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5799 5800 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5801 /// template-id. 5802 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5803 TemplateDecl *Template, 5804 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5805 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5806 5807 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5808 /// template-id. 5809 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5810 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5811 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5812 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5813 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5814 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5815 5816 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5817 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5818 /// specialization. 5819 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5820 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5821 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5822 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5823 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5824 5825 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5826 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5827 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5828 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5829 5830 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5831 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5832 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5833 NamedDecl *Template, 5834 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5835 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5836 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5837 5838 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5839 NamedDecl *Template, 5840 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5841 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5842 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5843 5844 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5845 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5846 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5847 TemplateDecl *Template, 5848 NamedDecl *Param, 5849 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5850 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5851 5852 5853 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5854 void Clear(); 5855 5856 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5857 5858 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5859 /// recursive template instantiations. 5860 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5861 5862 private: 5863 Sema &SemaRef; 5864 bool Invalid; 5865 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5866 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5867 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5868 5869 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5870 5871 InstantiatingTemplate& 5872 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5873 }; 5874 5875 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5876 5877 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5878 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5879 /// errors. 5880 /// 5881 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5882 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5883 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5884 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5885 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5886 5887 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5888 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5889 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5890 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5891 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5892 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5893 } 5894 5895 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5896 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5897 /// deduction.` 5898 class SFINAETrap { 5899 Sema &SemaRef; 5900 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5901 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5902 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5903 5904 public: 5905 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5906 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5907 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5908 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5909 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5910 { 5911 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5912 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5913 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5914 } 5915 5916 ~SFINAETrap() { 5917 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5918 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5919 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5920 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5921 } 5922 5923 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5924 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5925 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5926 } 5927 }; 5928 5929 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5930 /// variables. 5931 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5932 5933 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5934 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5935 5936 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5937 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5938 5939 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5940 /// name lookup. 5941 /// 5942 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5943 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5944 /// string represents a keyword. 5945 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5946 5947 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5948 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5949 5950 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5951 /// 5952 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5953 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5954 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5955 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5956 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5957 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5958 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5959 5960 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5961 /// but have not yet been performed. 5962 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5963 5964 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5965 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5966 /// 5967 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5968 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5969 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5970 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5971 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5972 5973 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5974 5975 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5976 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5977 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5978 5979 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5980 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5981 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5982 5983 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5984 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5985 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5986 5987 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5988 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5989 SourceLocation Loc, 5990 DeclarationName Entity, 5991 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5992 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5993 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5994 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5995 int indexAdjustment, 5996 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5997 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5998 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5999 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6000 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6001 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6002 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6003 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6004 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6005 6006 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6007 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6008 /// 6009 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6010 /// 6011 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6012 /// 6013 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6014 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6015 /// 6016 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6017 /// 6018 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6019 /// 6020 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6021 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6022 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6023 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6024 6025 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6026 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6027 6028 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6029 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6030 6031 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6032 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6033 bool CXXDirectInit); 6034 6035 bool 6036 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6037 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6038 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6039 6040 bool 6041 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6042 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6043 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6044 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6045 bool Complain = true); 6046 6047 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6048 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6049 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6050 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6051 6052 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6053 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6054 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6055 Decl *NewDecl; 6056 6057 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6058 Decl *D) 6059 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6060 { } 6061 }; 6062 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6063 6064 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6065 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6066 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6067 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6068 6069 bool 6070 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6071 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6072 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6073 bool Complain = true); 6074 6075 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6076 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6077 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6078 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6079 6080 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6081 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6082 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6083 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6084 6085 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6086 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6087 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6088 6089 DeclarationNameInfo 6090 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6091 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6092 TemplateName 6093 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6094 SourceLocation Loc, 6095 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6096 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6097 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6098 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6099 6100 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6101 FunctionDecl *Function); 6102 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6103 FunctionDecl *Function, 6104 bool Recursive = false, 6105 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6106 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6107 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6108 VarDecl *Var, 6109 bool Recursive = false, 6110 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6111 6112 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6113 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6114 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6115 6116 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6117 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6118 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6119 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6120 6121 // Objective-C declarations. 6122 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6123 OCK_None = -1, 6124 OCK_Interface = 0, 6125 OCK_Protocol, 6126 OCK_Category, 6127 OCK_ClassExtension, 6128 OCK_Implementation, 6129 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6130 }; 6131 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6132 6133 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6134 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6135 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6136 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6137 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6138 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6139 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6140 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6141 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6142 AttributeList *AttrList); 6143 6144 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6145 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6146 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6147 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6148 6149 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6150 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6151 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6152 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6153 6154 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6155 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6156 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6157 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6158 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6159 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6160 AttributeList *AttrList); 6161 6162 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6163 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6164 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6165 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6166 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6167 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6168 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6169 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6170 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6171 6172 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6173 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6174 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6175 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6176 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6177 6178 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6179 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6180 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6181 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6182 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6183 6184 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6185 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6186 6187 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6188 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6189 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6190 unsigned NumElts); 6191 6192 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6193 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6194 unsigned NumElts, 6195 AttributeList *attrList); 6196 6197 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6198 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6199 unsigned NumProtocols, 6200 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6201 6202 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6203 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6204 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6205 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6206 SourceLocation Loc, 6207 unsigned &Attributes, 6208 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6209 6210 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6211 /// setters and getters as needed. 6212 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6213 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6214 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6215 /// in class extension. 6216 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6217 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6218 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6219 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6220 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6221 6222 6223 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6224 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6225 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6226 6227 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6228 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6229 6230 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6231 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6232 6233 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6234 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6235 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6236 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6237 6238 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6239 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6240 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6241 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6242 bool *OverridingProperty, 6243 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6244 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6245 6246 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6247 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6248 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6249 bool ImplKind, 6250 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6251 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6252 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6253 6254 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6255 OSMK_None, 6256 OSMK_Alloc, 6257 OSMK_New, 6258 OSMK_Copy, 6259 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6260 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6261 }; 6262 6263 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6264 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6265 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6266 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6267 // in this case. 6268 ParsedType Type; 6269 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6270 6271 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6272 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6273 }; 6274 6275 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6276 Scope *S, 6277 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6278 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6279 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6280 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6281 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6282 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6283 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6284 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6285 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6286 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6287 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6288 6289 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6290 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6291 bool IsInstance); 6292 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6293 bool IsInstance); 6294 6295 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6296 6297 ExprResult 6298 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6299 Expr *BaseExpr, 6300 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6301 DeclarationName MemberName, 6302 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6303 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6304 bool Super); 6305 6306 ExprResult 6307 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6308 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6309 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6310 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6311 6312 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6313 6314 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6315 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6316 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6317 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6318 ObjCSuperMessage, 6319 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6320 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6321 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6322 /// name. 6323 ObjCClassMessage 6324 }; 6325 6326 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6327 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6328 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6329 bool IsSuper, 6330 bool HasTrailingDot, 6331 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6332 6333 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6334 Selector Sel, 6335 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6336 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6337 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6338 MultiExprArg Args); 6339 6340 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6341 QualType ReceiverType, 6342 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6343 Selector Sel, 6344 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6345 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6346 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6347 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6348 MultiExprArg Args, 6349 bool isImplicit = false); 6350 6351 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6352 bool isSuperReceiver, 6353 SourceLocation Loc, 6354 Selector Sel, 6355 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6356 MultiExprArg Args); 6357 6358 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6359 ParsedType Receiver, 6360 Selector Sel, 6361 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6362 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6363 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6364 MultiExprArg Args); 6365 6366 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6367 QualType ReceiverType, 6368 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6369 Selector Sel, 6370 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6371 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6372 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6373 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6374 MultiExprArg Args, 6375 bool isImplicit = false); 6376 6377 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6378 QualType ReceiverType, 6379 SourceLocation Loc, 6380 Selector Sel, 6381 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6382 MultiExprArg Args); 6383 6384 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6385 Expr *Receiver, 6386 Selector Sel, 6387 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6388 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6389 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6390 MultiExprArg Args); 6391 6392 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6393 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6394 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6395 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6396 Expr *SubExpr); 6397 6398 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6399 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6400 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6401 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6402 ParsedType Type, 6403 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6404 Expr *SubExpr); 6405 6406 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6407 6408 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6409 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6410 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6411 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6412 6413 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6414 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6415 RTC_Compatible, 6416 RTC_Incompatible, 6417 RTC_Unknown 6418 }; 6419 6420 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6421 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6422 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6423 6424 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6425 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6426 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6427 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6428 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6429 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6430 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6431 }; 6432 6433 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6434 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6435 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6436 6437 enum PragmaPackKind { 6438 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6439 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6440 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6441 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6442 }; 6443 6444 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6445 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6446 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6447 }; 6448 6449 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6450 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6451 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6452 Expr *Alignment, 6453 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6454 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6455 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6456 6457 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6458 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6459 6460 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6461 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6462 Scope *curScope, 6463 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6464 6465 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6466 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6467 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6468 6469 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6470 SourceLocation Loc); 6471 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6472 6473 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6474 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6475 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6476 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6477 6478 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6479 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6480 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6481 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6482 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6483 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6484 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6485 6486 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6487 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6488 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6489 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6490 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6491 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6492 6493 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6494 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6495 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6496 6497 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6498 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6499 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6500 6501 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6502 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6503 6504 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6505 void FreePackedContext(); 6506 6507 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6508 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6509 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6510 SourceLocation Loc); 6511 6512 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6513 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6514 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6515 6516 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6517 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6518 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6519 6520 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6521 void FreeVisContext(); 6522 6523 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6524 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6525 /// the appropriate attribute. 6526 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6527 6528 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6529 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6530 bool isDeclSpec, unsigned SpellingListIndex = 0); 6531 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6532 bool isDeclSpec); 6533 6534 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6535 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6536 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6537 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6538 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6539 CCK_CStyleCast, 6540 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6541 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6542 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6543 CCK_OtherCast 6544 }; 6545 6546 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6547 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6548 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6549 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6550 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6551 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6552 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6553 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6554 6555 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6556 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6557 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6558 6559 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6560 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6561 /// required. 6562 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6563 6564 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6565 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6566 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6567 6568 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6569 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6570 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6571 6572 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6573 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6574 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6575 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6576 6577 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6578 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6579 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6580 // type. 6581 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6582 6583 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6584 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6585 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6586 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6587 6588 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6589 enum VariadicCallType { 6590 VariadicFunction, 6591 VariadicBlock, 6592 VariadicMethod, 6593 VariadicConstructor, 6594 VariadicDoesNotApply 6595 }; 6596 6597 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6598 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6599 Expr *Fn); 6600 6601 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6602 // vararg function. 6603 enum VarArgKind { 6604 VAK_Valid, 6605 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6606 VAK_Invalid 6607 }; 6608 6609 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6610 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6611 6612 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6613 /// form of call prototypes. 6614 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6615 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6616 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6617 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6618 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6619 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6620 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6621 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6622 6623 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6624 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6625 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6626 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6627 6628 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6629 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6630 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6631 6632 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6633 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6634 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6635 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6636 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6637 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6638 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6639 6640 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6641 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6642 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6643 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6644 /// source and destination type. 6645 enum AssignConvertType { 6646 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6647 Compatible, 6648 6649 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6650 /// accept as an extension. 6651 PointerToInt, 6652 6653 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6654 /// accept as an extension. 6655 IntToPointer, 6656 6657 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6658 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6659 FunctionVoidPointer, 6660 6661 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6662 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6663 IncompatiblePointer, 6664 6665 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6666 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6667 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6668 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6669 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6670 6671 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6672 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6673 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6674 6675 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6676 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6677 /// like address spaces. 6678 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6679 6680 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6681 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6682 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6683 /// extension. 6684 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6685 6686 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6687 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6688 IncompatibleVectors, 6689 6690 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6691 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6692 IntToBlockPointer, 6693 6694 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6695 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6696 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6697 6698 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6699 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6700 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6701 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6702 6703 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6704 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6705 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6706 6707 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6708 /// represent it in the AST. 6709 Incompatible 6710 }; 6711 6712 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6713 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6714 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6715 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6716 SourceLocation Loc, 6717 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6718 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6719 bool *Complained = 0); 6720 6721 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6722 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6723 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6724 Expr *SrcExpr); 6725 6726 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6727 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6728 /// C99 6.5.16. 6729 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6730 QualType LHSType, 6731 QualType RHSType); 6732 6733 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6734 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6735 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6736 ExprResult &RHS, 6737 CastKind &Kind); 6738 6739 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6740 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6741 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6742 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6743 ExprResult &RHS, 6744 bool Diagnose = true); 6745 6746 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6747 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6748 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6749 ExprResult &RHS); 6750 6751 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6752 6753 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6754 6755 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6756 AssignmentAction Action, 6757 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6758 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6759 AssignmentAction Action, 6760 bool AllowExplicit, 6761 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6762 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6763 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6764 AssignmentAction Action, 6765 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6766 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6767 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6768 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6769 AssignmentAction Action, 6770 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6771 6772 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6773 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6774 6775 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6776 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6777 ExprResult &RHS); 6778 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6779 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6780 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6781 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6782 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6783 bool IsDivide); 6784 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6785 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6786 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6787 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6788 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6789 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6790 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6791 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6792 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6793 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6794 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6795 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6796 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6797 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6798 bool isRelational); 6799 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6800 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6801 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6802 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6803 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6804 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6805 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6806 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6807 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6808 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6809 6810 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6811 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6812 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6813 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6814 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6815 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6816 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6817 6818 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6819 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6820 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6821 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6822 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6823 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6824 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6825 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6826 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6827 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6828 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6829 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6830 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6831 NonStandardCompositeType); 6832 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6833 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6834 return Composite; 6835 } 6836 6837 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6838 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6839 6840 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6841 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6842 6843 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6844 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6845 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6846 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6847 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6848 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6849 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6850 SourceLocation Loc); 6851 6852 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6853 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6854 6855 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6856 6857 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6858 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6859 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6860 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6861 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6862 /// reference binding is not possible. 6863 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6864 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6865 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6866 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6867 Ref_Related, 6868 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6869 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6870 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6871 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6872 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6873 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6874 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6875 Ref_Compatible 6876 }; 6877 6878 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6879 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6880 bool &DerivedToBase, 6881 bool &ObjCConversion, 6882 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6883 6884 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6885 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6886 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6887 6888 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6889 /// given type. 6890 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6891 6892 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6893 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6894 /// 6895 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6896 /// argument is invalid. 6897 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6898 6899 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6900 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6901 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6902 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6903 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6904 CastKind &Kind); 6905 6906 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6907 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6908 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6909 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6910 // returns the cast expr 6911 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6912 CastKind &Kind); 6913 6914 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6915 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6916 Expr *CastExpr, 6917 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6918 6919 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6920 6921 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6922 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6923 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6924 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6925 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6926 6927 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6928 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6929 6930 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6931 QualType ExprType); 6932 6933 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6934 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6935 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6936 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6937 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6938 6939 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6940 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6941 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6942 6943 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6944 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6945 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6946 6947 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6948 /// \param Method - May be null. 6949 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6950 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6951 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6952 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6953 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6954 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6955 bool isSuperMessage, 6956 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6957 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6958 6959 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6960 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6961 /// and the form of the message send. 6962 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6963 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6964 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6965 6966 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6967 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6968 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6969 6970 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6971 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6972 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6973 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6974 /// 6975 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6976 /// 'if' keyword. 6977 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6978 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6979 6980 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6981 Expr *SubExpr); 6982 6983 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6984 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6985 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6986 6987 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6988 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6989 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6990 6991 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6992 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6993 6994 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6995 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6996 /// the specified diagnostic. 6997 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6998 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6999 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7000 7001 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7002 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7003 /// in the global scope. 7004 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7005 7006 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7007 /// expression violations. 7008 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7009 public: 7010 bool Suppress; 7011 7012 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7013 7014 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7015 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7016 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7017 }; 7018 7019 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7020 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7021 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7022 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7023 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7024 bool AllowFold = true); 7025 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7026 unsigned DiagID, 7027 bool AllowFold = true); 7028 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7029 7030 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7031 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7032 /// Returns false on success. 7033 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7034 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7035 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7036 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7037 7038 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7039 CFT_Device, 7040 CFT_Global, 7041 CFT_Host, 7042 CFT_HostDevice 7043 }; 7044 7045 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7046 7047 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7048 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7049 7050 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7051 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7052 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7053 } 7054 7055 /// \name Code completion 7056 //@{ 7057 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7058 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7059 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7060 PCC_Namespace, 7061 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7062 PCC_Class, 7063 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7064 /// or category. 7065 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7066 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7067 /// category implementation 7068 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7069 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7070 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7071 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7072 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7073 /// headers. 7074 PCC_Template, 7075 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7076 /// headers within a class. 7077 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7078 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7079 PCC_Expression, 7080 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7081 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7082 PCC_Statement, 7083 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7084 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7085 PCC_ForInit, 7086 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7087 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7088 PCC_Condition, 7089 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7090 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7091 /// in the grammar. 7092 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7093 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7094 PCC_Type, 7095 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7096 /// might also be a type cast. 7097 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7098 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7099 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7100 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7101 }; 7102 7103 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7104 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7105 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7106 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7107 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7108 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7109 7110 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7111 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7112 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7113 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7114 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7115 bool IsArrow); 7116 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7117 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7118 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7119 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7120 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7121 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7122 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7123 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7124 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7125 7126 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7127 bool EnteringContext); 7128 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7129 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7130 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7131 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7132 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7133 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7134 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7135 unsigned NumInitializers); 7136 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7137 bool AfterAmpersand); 7138 7139 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7140 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7141 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7142 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7143 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7144 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7145 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7146 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7147 bool IsParameter); 7148 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7149 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7150 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7151 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7152 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7153 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7154 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7155 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7156 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7157 bool IsSuper = false); 7158 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7159 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7160 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7161 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7162 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7163 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7164 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7165 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7166 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7167 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7168 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7169 unsigned NumProtocols); 7170 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7171 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7172 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7173 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7174 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7175 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7176 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7177 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7178 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7179 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7180 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7181 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7182 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7183 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7184 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7185 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7186 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7187 ParsedType ReturnType); 7188 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7189 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7190 bool AtParameterName, 7191 ParsedType ReturnType, 7192 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7193 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7194 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7195 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7196 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7197 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7198 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7199 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7200 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7201 unsigned Argument); 7202 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7203 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7204 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7205 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7206 //@} 7207 7208 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7209 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7210 7211public: 7212 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7213 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7214 7215private: 7216 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7217 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7218 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7219 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7220 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7221 // FunctionDeclaration. 7222 struct FormatStringInfo { 7223 unsigned FormatIdx; 7224 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7225 bool HasVAListArg; 7226 }; 7227 7228 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7229 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7230 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7231 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7232 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7233 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7234 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7235 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7236 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7237 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7238 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7239 SourceLocation Loc); 7240 7241 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7242 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7243 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7244 VariadicCallType CallType); 7245 7246 7247 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7248 7249 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7250 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7251 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7252 7253 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7254 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7255 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7256 7257public: 7258 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7259 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7260 7261private: 7262 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7263 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7264 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7265 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7266 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7267 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7268 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7269 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7270 7271 enum FormatStringType { 7272 FST_Scanf, 7273 FST_Printf, 7274 FST_NSString, 7275 FST_Strftime, 7276 FST_Strfmon, 7277 FST_Kprintf, 7278 FST_Unknown 7279 }; 7280 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7281 7282 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7283 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7284 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7285 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7286 }; 7287 7288 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7289 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7290 bool HasVAListArg, 7291 unsigned format_idx, 7292 unsigned firstDataArg, 7293 FormatStringType Type, 7294 VariadicCallType CallType, 7295 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7296 7297 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7298 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7299 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7300 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7301 VariadicCallType CallType); 7302 7303 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7304 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7305 bool IsCXXMember, 7306 VariadicCallType CallType, 7307 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7308 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7309 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7310 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7311 VariadicCallType CallType, 7312 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7313 7314 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7315 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7316 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7317 7318 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7319 unsigned BId, 7320 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7321 7322 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7323 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7324 7325 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7326 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7327 7328 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7329 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7330 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7331 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7332 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7333 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7334 7335 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7336 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7337 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7338 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7339 7340 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7341 Expr *Init); 7342 7343public: 7344 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7345 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7346 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7347 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7348 7349 struct TypeTagData { 7350 TypeTagData() {} 7351 7352 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7353 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7354 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7355 {} 7356 7357 QualType Type; 7358 7359 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7360 /// layout-compatibility. 7361 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7362 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7363 }; 7364 7365 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7366 /// identifies the magic value. 7367 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7368 7369private: 7370 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7371 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7372 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7373 7374 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7375 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7376 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7377 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7378 7379 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7380 /// 7381 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7382 Scope *CurScope; 7383 7384protected: 7385 friend class Parser; 7386 friend class InitializationSequence; 7387 friend class ASTReader; 7388 friend class ASTWriter; 7389 7390public: 7391 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7392 /// 7393 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7394 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7395 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7396 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7397 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7398 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7399 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7400 7401 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7402 7403 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7404 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7405 } 7406 7407 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7408 7409 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7410 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7411 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7412 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7413 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7414 return DC; 7415 } 7416}; 7417 7418/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7419class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7420 Sema &Actions; 7421 7422public: 7423 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7424 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7425 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7426 bool IsDecltype = false) 7427 : Actions(Actions) { 7428 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7429 IsDecltype); 7430 } 7431 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7432 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7433 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7434 bool IsDecltype = false) 7435 : Actions(Actions) { 7436 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7437 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7438 IsDecltype); 7439 } 7440 7441 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7442 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7443 } 7444}; 7445 7446} // end namespace clang 7447 7448#endif 7449